|
Monday July 20, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Add On- Extended Care
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Extended Day- Add On
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Sodexho Summer Meal Program
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Sunburst Camp
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Explorers Camp
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Fun Days Camp
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Lil Rec'er 2026
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Teen Camp
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Water activities- Sean Dwyer 860-291-7160
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Private Swim Lessons Summer Season - Summer Season with Lexie Mondays - 5:00pm
Private lessons are available for ages 4 and up. All lessons are instructed by one of our qualified swim lesson instructors. Private swim lessons include six 30 minute classes of one-on-one personalized instruction. Private/Semi-Private Swim Lesson Policies:
Please make sure to arrive to your swim lesson on time, dressed in a swimsuit and ready to begin at the scheduled start time. The lessons will end at the regularly scheduled time, regardless of whether the swimmer was late getting started.
All lesson dates must be attended. Please refer to our refund policy for additional information.
Please note that, for each season, private and semi-private swim lesson registration is limited to one time slot and one instructor per individual per season (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer). If you register for more than one spot, the additional registration will be removed, and you will only receive an account credit, not a refund. Thank you for your understanding and we look forward to helping you or your child achieve swimming success this season!Questions about private swim lessons should be directed to the East Hartford Parks & Recreation office at 860-291-7160.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:05 PM
|
Private Swim Lessons Summer Season - Summer Season with Lexie Mondays - 5:35pm
Private lessons are available for ages 4 and up. All lessons are instructed by one of our qualified swim lesson instructors. Private swim lessons include six 30 minute classes of one-on-one personalized instruction. Private/Semi-Private Swim Lesson Policies:
Please make sure to arrive to your swim lesson on time, dressed in a swimsuit and ready to begin at the scheduled start time. The lessons will end at the regularly scheduled time, regardless of whether the swimmer was late getting started.
All lesson dates must be attended. Please refer to our refund policy for additional information.
Please note that, for each season, private and semi-private swim lesson registration is limited to one time slot and one instructor per individual per season (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer). If you register for more than one spot, the additional registration will be removed, and you will only receive an account credit, not a refund. Thank you for your understanding and we look forward to helping you or your child achieve swimming success this season!Questions about private swim lessons should be directed to the East Hartford Parks & Recreation office at 860-291-7160.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Summer Youth Tennis Program 2026 - 2026 Summer Youth Tennis Program - Entering Grade 1 to 6
SUMMER YOUTH TENNIS PROGRAM 2026
East Hartford High School Tennis Coach Gary Marquez, along with current and former East Hartford High School tennis players, will be offering Tennis Clinics. Participants entering Grades 1–6 will focus on learning basic strokes, rules, and techniques using a smaller court.Participants entering Grades 7–12 will play on regulation-size courts and continue developing their skills through drills, instruction, and match play.Players may bring their own racket, but rackets will also be available on site.Please bring a water bottle.
Registration
Registration is required for all participants.
Program Details:
Day: Monday & WednesdayDates: July 20 to August 12
Time
Entering Grade 1 to 6: 6:00-7:00 pmEntering Grade 7 to 12: 7:00-8:00 pm
Enrollment
Maximum: 24 participants
Minimum: 12 participants
Fees
East Hartford Residents: $25
Non-Residents: $40
Location
Penney Tennis ComplexEast Hartford High School869 Forbes StreetEast Hartford, CT
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Boys Summer Basketball League - Boys Summer Basketball Grades 10, 11, & 12
BOYS SUMMER BASKETBALL LEAGUE
East Hartford Parks & Recreation is partnering with The Missing Piece and Set the Pace to bring summer basketball to McAuliffe Park!Open to East Hartford residents only.Location: McAuliffe Park (Courts 1 & 2)Registration Required
Divisions (Entering Grades)
Grades 6 & 7 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 8 & 9 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 10, 11 & 12 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Important Dates
Player Evaluations
July 6 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Team Selection
July 8 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Regular Season
July 13–29
Games played Monday and Wednesday evenings
Game times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PM
Make-Up Dates
August 3 & August 5
Playoffs
Week of August 11
Spots are limited!
Register early to secure your place on the court.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Boys Summer Basketball League - Boys Summer Basketball Grades 6 and 7
BOYS SUMMER BASKETBALL LEAGUE
East Hartford Parks & Recreation is partnering with The Missing Piece and Set the Pace to bring summer basketball to McAuliffe Park!Open to East Hartford residents only.Location: McAuliffe Park (Courts 1 & 2)Registration Required
Divisions (Entering Grades)
Grades 6 & 7 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 8 & 9 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 10, 11 & 12 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Important Dates
Player Evaluations
July 6 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Team Selection
July 8 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Regular Season
July 13–29
Games played Monday and Wednesday evenings
Game times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PM
Make-Up Dates
August 3 & August 5
Playoffs
Week of August 11
Spots are limited!
Register early to secure your place on the court.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Boys Summer Basketball League - Boys Summer Basketball Grades 8 and 9
BOYS SUMMER BASKETBALL LEAGUE
East Hartford Parks & Recreation is partnering with The Missing Piece and Set the Pace to bring summer basketball to McAuliffe Park!Open to East Hartford residents only.Location: McAuliffe Park (Courts 1 & 2)Registration Required
Divisions (Entering Grades)
Grades 6 & 7 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 8 & 9 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 10, 11 & 12 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Important Dates
Player Evaluations
July 6 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Team Selection
July 8 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Regular Season
July 13–29
Games played Monday and Wednesday evenings
Game times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PM
Make-Up Dates
August 3 & August 5
Playoffs
Week of August 11
Spots are limited!
Register early to secure your place on the court.
|
|
|
|
|
6:10 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Private Swim Lessons Summer Season - Summer Season with Lexie Mondays - 6:10pm
Private lessons are available for ages 4 and up. All lessons are instructed by one of our qualified swim lesson instructors. Private swim lessons include six 30 minute classes of one-on-one personalized instruction. Private/Semi-Private Swim Lesson Policies:
Please make sure to arrive to your swim lesson on time, dressed in a swimsuit and ready to begin at the scheduled start time. The lessons will end at the regularly scheduled time, regardless of whether the swimmer was late getting started.
All lesson dates must be attended. Please refer to our refund policy for additional information.
Please note that, for each season, private and semi-private swim lesson registration is limited to one time slot and one instructor per individual per season (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer). If you register for more than one spot, the additional registration will be removed, and you will only receive an account credit, not a refund. Thank you for your understanding and we look forward to helping you or your child achieve swimming success this season!Questions about private swim lessons should be directed to the East Hartford Parks & Recreation office at 860-291-7160.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Private Swim Lessons Summer Season - Summer Season with Lexie Mondays - 6:45pm
Private lessons are available for ages 4 and up. All lessons are instructed by one of our qualified swim lesson instructors. Private swim lessons include six 30 minute classes of one-on-one personalized instruction. Private/Semi-Private Swim Lesson Policies:
Please make sure to arrive to your swim lesson on time, dressed in a swimsuit and ready to begin at the scheduled start time. The lessons will end at the regularly scheduled time, regardless of whether the swimmer was late getting started.
All lesson dates must be attended. Please refer to our refund policy for additional information.
Please note that, for each season, private and semi-private swim lesson registration is limited to one time slot and one instructor per individual per season (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer). If you register for more than one spot, the additional registration will be removed, and you will only receive an account credit, not a refund. Thank you for your understanding and we look forward to helping you or your child achieve swimming success this season!Questions about private swim lessons should be directed to the East Hartford Parks & Recreation office at 860-291-7160.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Summer Youth Tennis Program 2026 - 2026 Summer Youth Tennis Program - Entering Grade 7 to 12
SUMMER YOUTH TENNIS PROGRAM 2026
East Hartford High School Tennis Coach Gary Marquez, along with current and former East Hartford High School tennis players, will be offering Tennis Clinics. Participants entering Grades 1–6 will focus on learning basic strokes, rules, and techniques using a smaller court.Participants entering Grades 7–12 will play on regulation-size courts and continue developing their skills through drills, instruction, and match play.Players may bring their own racket, but rackets will also be available on site.Please bring a water bottle.
Registration
Registration is required for all participants.
Program Details:
Day: Monday & WednesdayDates: July 20 to August 12
Time
Entering Grade 1 to 6: 6:00-7:00 pmEntering Grade 7 to 12: 7:00-8:00 pm
Enrollment
Maximum: 24 participants
Minimum: 12 participants
Fees
East Hartford Residents: $25
Non-Residents: $40
Location
Penney Tennis ComplexEast Hartford High School869 Forbes StreetEast Hartford, CT
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 22, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Add On- Extended Care
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Extended Day- Add On
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Sodexho Summer Meal Program
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Sunburst Camp
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Explorers Camp
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Fun Days Camp
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Lil Rec'er 2026
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Teen Camp
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Water activities- Sean Dwyer 860-291-7160
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Girls Summer Basketball - Girls Middle School Summer Basketball 2026
THE "HARTFORDS" GIRLS MIDDLE SCHOOL SUMMER LEAGUE
For East Hartford Girls Entering Grades 6–9(Completed Grades 5–8)Join a fun summer basketball league to improve your skills, play games, and spend time with friends!Who: East Hartford Residents OnlyFee: $25Shirt IncludedPractices: Monday, July 6 - August 10 - East Hartford Community CenterGames: Wednesdays, July 8 – August 12Game Times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PMGame Location: TBDRegistration RequiredPresented in partnership with Inspire Girls Basketball, Hartford Parks & Recreation, and the Town of West Hartford.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:05 PM
|
Private Swim Lessons Summer Season - Summer Season with Lexie Wednesdays - 5:35pm
Private lessons are available for ages 4 and up. All lessons are instructed by one of our qualified swim lesson instructors. Private swim lessons include six 30 minute classes of one-on-one personalized instruction. Private/Semi-Private Swim Lesson Policies:
Please make sure to arrive to your swim lesson on time, dressed in a swimsuit and ready to begin at the scheduled start time. The lessons will end at the regularly scheduled time, regardless of whether the swimmer was late getting started.
All lesson dates must be attended. Please refer to our refund policy for additional information.
Please note that, for each season, private and semi-private swim lesson registration is limited to one time slot and one instructor per individual per season (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer). If you register for more than one spot, the additional registration will be removed, and you will only receive an account credit, not a refund. Thank you for your understanding and we look forward to helping you or your child achieve swimming success this season!Questions about private swim lessons should be directed to the East Hartford Parks & Recreation office at 860-291-7160.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Summer Youth Tennis Program 2026 - 2026 Summer Youth Tennis Program - Entering Grade 1 to 6
SUMMER YOUTH TENNIS PROGRAM 2026
East Hartford High School Tennis Coach Gary Marquez, along with current and former East Hartford High School tennis players, will be offering Tennis Clinics. Participants entering Grades 1–6 will focus on learning basic strokes, rules, and techniques using a smaller court.Participants entering Grades 7–12 will play on regulation-size courts and continue developing their skills through drills, instruction, and match play.Players may bring their own racket, but rackets will also be available on site.Please bring a water bottle.
Registration
Registration is required for all participants.
Program Details:
Day: Monday & WednesdayDates: July 20 to August 12
Time
Entering Grade 1 to 6: 6:00-7:00 pmEntering Grade 7 to 12: 7:00-8:00 pm
Enrollment
Maximum: 24 participants
Minimum: 12 participants
Fees
East Hartford Residents: $25
Non-Residents: $40
Location
Penney Tennis ComplexEast Hartford High School869 Forbes StreetEast Hartford, CT
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Boys Summer Basketball League - Boys Summer Basketball Grades 10, 11, & 12
BOYS SUMMER BASKETBALL LEAGUE
East Hartford Parks & Recreation is partnering with The Missing Piece and Set the Pace to bring summer basketball to McAuliffe Park!Open to East Hartford residents only.Location: McAuliffe Park (Courts 1 & 2)Registration Required
Divisions (Entering Grades)
Grades 6 & 7 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 8 & 9 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 10, 11 & 12 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Important Dates
Player Evaluations
July 6 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Team Selection
July 8 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Regular Season
July 13–29
Games played Monday and Wednesday evenings
Game times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PM
Make-Up Dates
August 3 & August 5
Playoffs
Week of August 11
Spots are limited!
Register early to secure your place on the court.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Boys Summer Basketball League - Boys Summer Basketball Grades 6 and 7
BOYS SUMMER BASKETBALL LEAGUE
East Hartford Parks & Recreation is partnering with The Missing Piece and Set the Pace to bring summer basketball to McAuliffe Park!Open to East Hartford residents only.Location: McAuliffe Park (Courts 1 & 2)Registration Required
Divisions (Entering Grades)
Grades 6 & 7 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 8 & 9 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 10, 11 & 12 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Important Dates
Player Evaluations
July 6 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Team Selection
July 8 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Regular Season
July 13–29
Games played Monday and Wednesday evenings
Game times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PM
Make-Up Dates
August 3 & August 5
Playoffs
Week of August 11
Spots are limited!
Register early to secure your place on the court.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Boys Summer Basketball League - Boys Summer Basketball Grades 8 and 9
BOYS SUMMER BASKETBALL LEAGUE
East Hartford Parks & Recreation is partnering with The Missing Piece and Set the Pace to bring summer basketball to McAuliffe Park!Open to East Hartford residents only.Location: McAuliffe Park (Courts 1 & 2)Registration Required
Divisions (Entering Grades)
Grades 6 & 7 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 8 & 9 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 10, 11 & 12 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Important Dates
Player Evaluations
July 6 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Team Selection
July 8 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Regular Season
July 13–29
Games played Monday and Wednesday evenings
Game times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PM
Make-Up Dates
August 3 & August 5
Playoffs
Week of August 11
Spots are limited!
Register early to secure your place on the court.
|
|
|
|
|
6:10 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Private Swim Lessons Summer Season - Summer Season with Lexie Wednesdays - 6:10pm
Private lessons are available for ages 4 and up. All lessons are instructed by one of our qualified swim lesson instructors. Private swim lessons include six 30 minute classes of one-on-one personalized instruction. Private/Semi-Private Swim Lesson Policies:
Please make sure to arrive to your swim lesson on time, dressed in a swimsuit and ready to begin at the scheduled start time. The lessons will end at the regularly scheduled time, regardless of whether the swimmer was late getting started.
All lesson dates must be attended. Please refer to our refund policy for additional information.
Please note that, for each season, private and semi-private swim lesson registration is limited to one time slot and one instructor per individual per season (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer). If you register for more than one spot, the additional registration will be removed, and you will only receive an account credit, not a refund. Thank you for your understanding and we look forward to helping you or your child achieve swimming success this season!Questions about private swim lessons should be directed to the East Hartford Parks & Recreation office at 860-291-7160.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Private Swim Lessons Summer Season - Summer Season with Lexie Wednesdays -6:45pm
Private lessons are available for ages 4 and up. All lessons are instructed by one of our qualified swim lesson instructors. Private swim lessons include six 30 minute classes of one-on-one personalized instruction. Private/Semi-Private Swim Lesson Policies:
Please make sure to arrive to your swim lesson on time, dressed in a swimsuit and ready to begin at the scheduled start time. The lessons will end at the regularly scheduled time, regardless of whether the swimmer was late getting started.
All lesson dates must be attended. Please refer to our refund policy for additional information.
Please note that, for each season, private and semi-private swim lesson registration is limited to one time slot and one instructor per individual per season (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer). If you register for more than one spot, the additional registration will be removed, and you will only receive an account credit, not a refund. Thank you for your understanding and we look forward to helping you or your child achieve swimming success this season!Questions about private swim lessons should be directed to the East Hartford Parks & Recreation office at 860-291-7160.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Summer Youth Tennis Program 2026 - 2026 Summer Youth Tennis Program - Entering Grade 7 to 12
SUMMER YOUTH TENNIS PROGRAM 2026
East Hartford High School Tennis Coach Gary Marquez, along with current and former East Hartford High School tennis players, will be offering Tennis Clinics. Participants entering Grades 1–6 will focus on learning basic strokes, rules, and techniques using a smaller court.Participants entering Grades 7–12 will play on regulation-size courts and continue developing their skills through drills, instruction, and match play.Players may bring their own racket, but rackets will also be available on site.Please bring a water bottle.
Registration
Registration is required for all participants.
Program Details:
Day: Monday & WednesdayDates: July 20 to August 12
Time
Entering Grade 1 to 6: 6:00-7:00 pmEntering Grade 7 to 12: 7:00-8:00 pm
Enrollment
Maximum: 24 participants
Minimum: 12 participants
Fees
East Hartford Residents: $25
Non-Residents: $40
Location
Penney Tennis ComplexEast Hartford High School869 Forbes StreetEast Hartford, CT
|
|
|
|
|
Monday July 27, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Add On- Extended Care
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Extended Day- Add On
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Sodexho Summer Meal Program
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Sunburst Camp
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Explorers Camp
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Fun Days Camp
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Lil Rec'er 2026
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Teen Camp
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:40 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:40 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Water activities- Sean Dwyer 860-291-7160
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 2 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
10:20 AM - 10:50 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
10:20 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 3 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Private Swim Lessons Summer Season - Summer Season with Lexie Mondays - 5:00pm
Private lessons are available for ages 4 and up. All lessons are instructed by one of our qualified swim lesson instructors. Private swim lessons include six 30 minute classes of one-on-one personalized instruction. Private/Semi-Private Swim Lesson Policies:
Please make sure to arrive to your swim lesson on time, dressed in a swimsuit and ready to begin at the scheduled start time. The lessons will end at the regularly scheduled time, regardless of whether the swimmer was late getting started.
All lesson dates must be attended. Please refer to our refund policy for additional information.
Please note that, for each season, private and semi-private swim lesson registration is limited to one time slot and one instructor per individual per season (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer). If you register for more than one spot, the additional registration will be removed, and you will only receive an account credit, not a refund. Thank you for your understanding and we look forward to helping you or your child achieve swimming success this season!Questions about private swim lessons should be directed to the East Hartford Parks & Recreation office at 860-291-7160.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Waterbabies Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:05 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:05 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:05 PM
|
Private Swim Lessons Summer Season - Summer Season with Lexie Mondays - 5:35pm
Private lessons are available for ages 4 and up. All lessons are instructed by one of our qualified swim lesson instructors. Private swim lessons include six 30 minute classes of one-on-one personalized instruction. Private/Semi-Private Swim Lesson Policies:
Please make sure to arrive to your swim lesson on time, dressed in a swimsuit and ready to begin at the scheduled start time. The lessons will end at the regularly scheduled time, regardless of whether the swimmer was late getting started.
All lesson dates must be attended. Please refer to our refund policy for additional information.
Please note that, for each season, private and semi-private swim lesson registration is limited to one time slot and one instructor per individual per season (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer). If you register for more than one spot, the additional registration will be removed, and you will only receive an account credit, not a refund. Thank you for your understanding and we look forward to helping you or your child achieve swimming success this season!Questions about private swim lessons should be directed to the East Hartford Parks & Recreation office at 860-291-7160.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:50 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 3 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:50 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 4 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Summer Youth Tennis Program 2026 - 2026 Summer Youth Tennis Program - Entering Grade 1 to 6
SUMMER YOUTH TENNIS PROGRAM 2026
East Hartford High School Tennis Coach Gary Marquez, along with current and former East Hartford High School tennis players, will be offering Tennis Clinics. Participants entering Grades 1–6 will focus on learning basic strokes, rules, and techniques using a smaller court.Participants entering Grades 7–12 will play on regulation-size courts and continue developing their skills through drills, instruction, and match play.Players may bring their own racket, but rackets will also be available on site.Please bring a water bottle.
Registration
Registration is required for all participants.
Program Details:
Day: Monday & WednesdayDates: July 20 to August 12
Time
Entering Grade 1 to 6: 6:00-7:00 pmEntering Grade 7 to 12: 7:00-8:00 pm
Enrollment
Maximum: 24 participants
Minimum: 12 participants
Fees
East Hartford Residents: $25
Non-Residents: $40
Location
Penney Tennis ComplexEast Hartford High School869 Forbes StreetEast Hartford, CT
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Boys Summer Basketball League - Boys Summer Basketball Grades 10, 11, & 12
BOYS SUMMER BASKETBALL LEAGUE
East Hartford Parks & Recreation is partnering with The Missing Piece and Set the Pace to bring summer basketball to McAuliffe Park!Open to East Hartford residents only.Location: McAuliffe Park (Courts 1 & 2)Registration Required
Divisions (Entering Grades)
Grades 6 & 7 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 8 & 9 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 10, 11 & 12 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Important Dates
Player Evaluations
July 6 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Team Selection
July 8 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Regular Season
July 13–29
Games played Monday and Wednesday evenings
Game times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PM
Make-Up Dates
August 3 & August 5
Playoffs
Week of August 11
Spots are limited!
Register early to secure your place on the court.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Boys Summer Basketball League - Boys Summer Basketball Grades 6 and 7
BOYS SUMMER BASKETBALL LEAGUE
East Hartford Parks & Recreation is partnering with The Missing Piece and Set the Pace to bring summer basketball to McAuliffe Park!Open to East Hartford residents only.Location: McAuliffe Park (Courts 1 & 2)Registration Required
Divisions (Entering Grades)
Grades 6 & 7 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 8 & 9 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 10, 11 & 12 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Important Dates
Player Evaluations
July 6 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Team Selection
July 8 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Regular Season
July 13–29
Games played Monday and Wednesday evenings
Game times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PM
Make-Up Dates
August 3 & August 5
Playoffs
Week of August 11
Spots are limited!
Register early to secure your place on the court.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Boys Summer Basketball League - Boys Summer Basketball Grades 8 and 9
BOYS SUMMER BASKETBALL LEAGUE
East Hartford Parks & Recreation is partnering with The Missing Piece and Set the Pace to bring summer basketball to McAuliffe Park!Open to East Hartford residents only.Location: McAuliffe Park (Courts 1 & 2)Registration Required
Divisions (Entering Grades)
Grades 6 & 7 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 8 & 9 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 10, 11 & 12 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Important Dates
Player Evaluations
July 6 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Team Selection
July 8 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Regular Season
July 13–29
Games played Monday and Wednesday evenings
Game times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PM
Make-Up Dates
August 3 & August 5
Playoffs
Week of August 11
Spots are limited!
Register early to secure your place on the court.
|
|
|
|
|
6:10 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Private Swim Lessons Summer Season - Summer Season with Lexie Mondays - 6:10pm
Private lessons are available for ages 4 and up. All lessons are instructed by one of our qualified swim lesson instructors. Private swim lessons include six 30 minute classes of one-on-one personalized instruction. Private/Semi-Private Swim Lesson Policies:
Please make sure to arrive to your swim lesson on time, dressed in a swimsuit and ready to begin at the scheduled start time. The lessons will end at the regularly scheduled time, regardless of whether the swimmer was late getting started.
All lesson dates must be attended. Please refer to our refund policy for additional information.
Please note that, for each season, private and semi-private swim lesson registration is limited to one time slot and one instructor per individual per season (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer). If you register for more than one spot, the additional registration will be removed, and you will only receive an account credit, not a refund. Thank you for your understanding and we look forward to helping you or your child achieve swimming success this season!Questions about private swim lessons should be directed to the East Hartford Parks & Recreation office at 860-291-7160.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Adult Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 5 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 6 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Private Swim Lessons Summer Season - Summer Season with Lexie Mondays - 6:45pm
Private lessons are available for ages 4 and up. All lessons are instructed by one of our qualified swim lesson instructors. Private swim lessons include six 30 minute classes of one-on-one personalized instruction. Private/Semi-Private Swim Lesson Policies:
Please make sure to arrive to your swim lesson on time, dressed in a swimsuit and ready to begin at the scheduled start time. The lessons will end at the regularly scheduled time, regardless of whether the swimmer was late getting started.
All lesson dates must be attended. Please refer to our refund policy for additional information.
Please note that, for each season, private and semi-private swim lesson registration is limited to one time slot and one instructor per individual per season (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer). If you register for more than one spot, the additional registration will be removed, and you will only receive an account credit, not a refund. Thank you for your understanding and we look forward to helping you or your child achieve swimming success this season!Questions about private swim lessons should be directed to the East Hartford Parks & Recreation office at 860-291-7160.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Summer Youth Tennis Program 2026 - 2026 Summer Youth Tennis Program - Entering Grade 7 to 12
SUMMER YOUTH TENNIS PROGRAM 2026
East Hartford High School Tennis Coach Gary Marquez, along with current and former East Hartford High School tennis players, will be offering Tennis Clinics. Participants entering Grades 1–6 will focus on learning basic strokes, rules, and techniques using a smaller court.Participants entering Grades 7–12 will play on regulation-size courts and continue developing their skills through drills, instruction, and match play.Players may bring their own racket, but rackets will also be available on site.Please bring a water bottle.
Registration
Registration is required for all participants.
Program Details:
Day: Monday & WednesdayDates: July 20 to August 12
Time
Entering Grade 1 to 6: 6:00-7:00 pmEntering Grade 7 to 12: 7:00-8:00 pm
Enrollment
Maximum: 24 participants
Minimum: 12 participants
Fees
East Hartford Residents: $25
Non-Residents: $40
Location
Penney Tennis ComplexEast Hartford High School869 Forbes StreetEast Hartford, CT
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday July 28, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Add On- Extended Care
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Extended Day- Add On
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Sodexho Summer Meal Program
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Sunburst Camp
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Explorers Camp
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Fun Days Camp
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Lil Rec'er 2026
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Teen Camp
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:40 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:40 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 2 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
10:20 AM - 10:50 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
10:20 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 3 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Waterbabies Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Water activities- Sean Dwyer 860-291-7160
|
|
|
|
|
5:05 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:05 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:50 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 3 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:50 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 4 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Adult Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 5 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 6 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 29, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Add On- Extended Care
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Extended Day- Add On
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Sodexho Summer Meal Program
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Sunburst Camp
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Explorers Camp
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Fun Days Camp
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Lil Rec'er 2026
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Teen Camp
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:40 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:40 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 2 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
10:20 AM - 10:50 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
10:20 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 3 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Waterbabies Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Water activities- Sean Dwyer 860-291-7160
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Girls Summer Basketball - Girls Middle School Summer Basketball 2026
THE "HARTFORDS" GIRLS MIDDLE SCHOOL SUMMER LEAGUE
For East Hartford Girls Entering Grades 6–9(Completed Grades 5–8)Join a fun summer basketball league to improve your skills, play games, and spend time with friends!Who: East Hartford Residents OnlyFee: $25Shirt IncludedPractices: Monday, July 6 - August 10 - East Hartford Community CenterGames: Wednesdays, July 8 – August 12Game Times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PMGame Location: TBDRegistration RequiredPresented in partnership with Inspire Girls Basketball, Hartford Parks & Recreation, and the Town of West Hartford.
|
|
|
|
|
5:05 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:05 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:05 PM
|
Private Swim Lessons Summer Season - Summer Season with Lexie Wednesdays - 5:35pm
Private lessons are available for ages 4 and up. All lessons are instructed by one of our qualified swim lesson instructors. Private swim lessons include six 30 minute classes of one-on-one personalized instruction. Private/Semi-Private Swim Lesson Policies:
Please make sure to arrive to your swim lesson on time, dressed in a swimsuit and ready to begin at the scheduled start time. The lessons will end at the regularly scheduled time, regardless of whether the swimmer was late getting started.
All lesson dates must be attended. Please refer to our refund policy for additional information.
Please note that, for each season, private and semi-private swim lesson registration is limited to one time slot and one instructor per individual per season (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer). If you register for more than one spot, the additional registration will be removed, and you will only receive an account credit, not a refund. Thank you for your understanding and we look forward to helping you or your child achieve swimming success this season!Questions about private swim lessons should be directed to the East Hartford Parks & Recreation office at 860-291-7160.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:50 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 3 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:50 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 4 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Summer Youth Tennis Program 2026 - 2026 Summer Youth Tennis Program - Entering Grade 1 to 6
SUMMER YOUTH TENNIS PROGRAM 2026
East Hartford High School Tennis Coach Gary Marquez, along with current and former East Hartford High School tennis players, will be offering Tennis Clinics. Participants entering Grades 1–6 will focus on learning basic strokes, rules, and techniques using a smaller court.Participants entering Grades 7–12 will play on regulation-size courts and continue developing their skills through drills, instruction, and match play.Players may bring their own racket, but rackets will also be available on site.Please bring a water bottle.
Registration
Registration is required for all participants.
Program Details:
Day: Monday & WednesdayDates: July 20 to August 12
Time
Entering Grade 1 to 6: 6:00-7:00 pmEntering Grade 7 to 12: 7:00-8:00 pm
Enrollment
Maximum: 24 participants
Minimum: 12 participants
Fees
East Hartford Residents: $25
Non-Residents: $40
Location
Penney Tennis ComplexEast Hartford High School869 Forbes StreetEast Hartford, CT
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Boys Summer Basketball League - Boys Summer Basketball Grades 10, 11, & 12
BOYS SUMMER BASKETBALL LEAGUE
East Hartford Parks & Recreation is partnering with The Missing Piece and Set the Pace to bring summer basketball to McAuliffe Park!Open to East Hartford residents only.Location: McAuliffe Park (Courts 1 & 2)Registration Required
Divisions (Entering Grades)
Grades 6 & 7 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 8 & 9 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 10, 11 & 12 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Important Dates
Player Evaluations
July 6 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Team Selection
July 8 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Regular Season
July 13–29
Games played Monday and Wednesday evenings
Game times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PM
Make-Up Dates
August 3 & August 5
Playoffs
Week of August 11
Spots are limited!
Register early to secure your place on the court.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Boys Summer Basketball League - Boys Summer Basketball Grades 6 and 7
BOYS SUMMER BASKETBALL LEAGUE
East Hartford Parks & Recreation is partnering with The Missing Piece and Set the Pace to bring summer basketball to McAuliffe Park!Open to East Hartford residents only.Location: McAuliffe Park (Courts 1 & 2)Registration Required
Divisions (Entering Grades)
Grades 6 & 7 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 8 & 9 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 10, 11 & 12 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Important Dates
Player Evaluations
July 6 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Team Selection
July 8 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Regular Season
July 13–29
Games played Monday and Wednesday evenings
Game times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PM
Make-Up Dates
August 3 & August 5
Playoffs
Week of August 11
Spots are limited!
Register early to secure your place on the court.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Boys Summer Basketball League - Boys Summer Basketball Grades 8 and 9
BOYS SUMMER BASKETBALL LEAGUE
East Hartford Parks & Recreation is partnering with The Missing Piece and Set the Pace to bring summer basketball to McAuliffe Park!Open to East Hartford residents only.Location: McAuliffe Park (Courts 1 & 2)Registration Required
Divisions (Entering Grades)
Grades 6 & 7 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 8 & 9 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 10, 11 & 12 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Important Dates
Player Evaluations
July 6 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Team Selection
July 8 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Regular Season
July 13–29
Games played Monday and Wednesday evenings
Game times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PM
Make-Up Dates
August 3 & August 5
Playoffs
Week of August 11
Spots are limited!
Register early to secure your place on the court.
|
|
|
|
|
6:10 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Private Swim Lessons Summer Season - Summer Season with Lexie Wednesdays - 6:10pm
Private lessons are available for ages 4 and up. All lessons are instructed by one of our qualified swim lesson instructors. Private swim lessons include six 30 minute classes of one-on-one personalized instruction. Private/Semi-Private Swim Lesson Policies:
Please make sure to arrive to your swim lesson on time, dressed in a swimsuit and ready to begin at the scheduled start time. The lessons will end at the regularly scheduled time, regardless of whether the swimmer was late getting started.
All lesson dates must be attended. Please refer to our refund policy for additional information.
Please note that, for each season, private and semi-private swim lesson registration is limited to one time slot and one instructor per individual per season (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer). If you register for more than one spot, the additional registration will be removed, and you will only receive an account credit, not a refund. Thank you for your understanding and we look forward to helping you or your child achieve swimming success this season!Questions about private swim lessons should be directed to the East Hartford Parks & Recreation office at 860-291-7160.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Adult Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 5 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 6 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Private Swim Lessons Summer Season - Summer Season with Lexie Wednesdays -6:45pm
Private lessons are available for ages 4 and up. All lessons are instructed by one of our qualified swim lesson instructors. Private swim lessons include six 30 minute classes of one-on-one personalized instruction. Private/Semi-Private Swim Lesson Policies:
Please make sure to arrive to your swim lesson on time, dressed in a swimsuit and ready to begin at the scheduled start time. The lessons will end at the regularly scheduled time, regardless of whether the swimmer was late getting started.
All lesson dates must be attended. Please refer to our refund policy for additional information.
Please note that, for each season, private and semi-private swim lesson registration is limited to one time slot and one instructor per individual per season (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer). If you register for more than one spot, the additional registration will be removed, and you will only receive an account credit, not a refund. Thank you for your understanding and we look forward to helping you or your child achieve swimming success this season!Questions about private swim lessons should be directed to the East Hartford Parks & Recreation office at 860-291-7160.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Summer Youth Tennis Program 2026 - 2026 Summer Youth Tennis Program - Entering Grade 7 to 12
SUMMER YOUTH TENNIS PROGRAM 2026
East Hartford High School Tennis Coach Gary Marquez, along with current and former East Hartford High School tennis players, will be offering Tennis Clinics. Participants entering Grades 1–6 will focus on learning basic strokes, rules, and techniques using a smaller court.Participants entering Grades 7–12 will play on regulation-size courts and continue developing their skills through drills, instruction, and match play.Players may bring their own racket, but rackets will also be available on site.Please bring a water bottle.
Registration
Registration is required for all participants.
Program Details:
Day: Monday & WednesdayDates: July 20 to August 12
Time
Entering Grade 1 to 6: 6:00-7:00 pmEntering Grade 7 to 12: 7:00-8:00 pm
Enrollment
Maximum: 24 participants
Minimum: 12 participants
Fees
East Hartford Residents: $25
Non-Residents: $40
Location
Penney Tennis ComplexEast Hartford High School869 Forbes StreetEast Hartford, CT
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday July 30, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Add On- Extended Care
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Extended Day- Add On
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Sodexho Summer Meal Program
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Sunburst Camp
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Explorers Camp
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Fun Days Camp
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Lil Rec'er 2026
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Teen Camp
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:40 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:40 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Water activities- Sean Dwyer 860-291-7160
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 2 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
10:20 AM - 10:50 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
10:20 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 3 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Sounds of Summer Rain
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Waterbabies Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:05 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:05 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:50 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 3 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:50 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 4 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Adult Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 5 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 6 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
Monday August 3, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Add On- Extended Care
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Extended Day- Add On
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Safety Meetings ( Sondra @ 860-819-8306)
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Sodexho Summer Meal Program
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Sunburst Camp
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Explorers Camp
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Fun Days Camp
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Lil Rec'er 2026
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Teen Camp
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:40 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:40 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Water activities- Sean Dwyer 860-291-7160
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 2 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
10:20 AM - 10:50 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
10:20 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 3 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Private Swim Lessons Summer Season - Summer Season with Lexie Mondays - 5:00pm
Private lessons are available for ages 4 and up. All lessons are instructed by one of our qualified swim lesson instructors. Private swim lessons include six 30 minute classes of one-on-one personalized instruction. Private/Semi-Private Swim Lesson Policies:
Please make sure to arrive to your swim lesson on time, dressed in a swimsuit and ready to begin at the scheduled start time. The lessons will end at the regularly scheduled time, regardless of whether the swimmer was late getting started.
All lesson dates must be attended. Please refer to our refund policy for additional information.
Please note that, for each season, private and semi-private swim lesson registration is limited to one time slot and one instructor per individual per season (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer). If you register for more than one spot, the additional registration will be removed, and you will only receive an account credit, not a refund. Thank you for your understanding and we look forward to helping you or your child achieve swimming success this season!Questions about private swim lessons should be directed to the East Hartford Parks & Recreation office at 860-291-7160.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Waterbabies Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:05 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:05 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:05 PM
|
Private Swim Lessons Summer Season - Summer Season with Lexie Mondays - 5:35pm
Private lessons are available for ages 4 and up. All lessons are instructed by one of our qualified swim lesson instructors. Private swim lessons include six 30 minute classes of one-on-one personalized instruction. Private/Semi-Private Swim Lesson Policies:
Please make sure to arrive to your swim lesson on time, dressed in a swimsuit and ready to begin at the scheduled start time. The lessons will end at the regularly scheduled time, regardless of whether the swimmer was late getting started.
All lesson dates must be attended. Please refer to our refund policy for additional information.
Please note that, for each season, private and semi-private swim lesson registration is limited to one time slot and one instructor per individual per season (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer). If you register for more than one spot, the additional registration will be removed, and you will only receive an account credit, not a refund. Thank you for your understanding and we look forward to helping you or your child achieve swimming success this season!Questions about private swim lessons should be directed to the East Hartford Parks & Recreation office at 860-291-7160.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:50 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 3 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:50 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 4 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Summer Youth Tennis Program 2026 - 2026 Summer Youth Tennis Program - Entering Grade 1 to 6
SUMMER YOUTH TENNIS PROGRAM 2026
East Hartford High School Tennis Coach Gary Marquez, along with current and former East Hartford High School tennis players, will be offering Tennis Clinics. Participants entering Grades 1–6 will focus on learning basic strokes, rules, and techniques using a smaller court.Participants entering Grades 7–12 will play on regulation-size courts and continue developing their skills through drills, instruction, and match play.Players may bring their own racket, but rackets will also be available on site.Please bring a water bottle.
Registration
Registration is required for all participants.
Program Details:
Day: Monday & WednesdayDates: July 20 to August 12
Time
Entering Grade 1 to 6: 6:00-7:00 pmEntering Grade 7 to 12: 7:00-8:00 pm
Enrollment
Maximum: 24 participants
Minimum: 12 participants
Fees
East Hartford Residents: $25
Non-Residents: $40
Location
Penney Tennis ComplexEast Hartford High School869 Forbes StreetEast Hartford, CT
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Boys Summer Basketball League - Boys Summer Basketball Grades 10, 11, & 12
BOYS SUMMER BASKETBALL LEAGUE
East Hartford Parks & Recreation is partnering with The Missing Piece and Set the Pace to bring summer basketball to McAuliffe Park!Open to East Hartford residents only.Location: McAuliffe Park (Courts 1 & 2)Registration Required
Divisions (Entering Grades)
Grades 6 & 7 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 8 & 9 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 10, 11 & 12 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Important Dates
Player Evaluations
July 6 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Team Selection
July 8 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Regular Season
July 13–29
Games played Monday and Wednesday evenings
Game times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PM
Make-Up Dates
August 3 & August 5
Playoffs
Week of August 11
Spots are limited!
Register early to secure your place on the court.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Boys Summer Basketball League - Boys Summer Basketball Grades 6 and 7
BOYS SUMMER BASKETBALL LEAGUE
East Hartford Parks & Recreation is partnering with The Missing Piece and Set the Pace to bring summer basketball to McAuliffe Park!Open to East Hartford residents only.Location: McAuliffe Park (Courts 1 & 2)Registration Required
Divisions (Entering Grades)
Grades 6 & 7 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 8 & 9 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 10, 11 & 12 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Important Dates
Player Evaluations
July 6 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Team Selection
July 8 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Regular Season
July 13–29
Games played Monday and Wednesday evenings
Game times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PM
Make-Up Dates
August 3 & August 5
Playoffs
Week of August 11
Spots are limited!
Register early to secure your place on the court.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Boys Summer Basketball League - Boys Summer Basketball Grades 8 and 9
BOYS SUMMER BASKETBALL LEAGUE
East Hartford Parks & Recreation is partnering with The Missing Piece and Set the Pace to bring summer basketball to McAuliffe Park!Open to East Hartford residents only.Location: McAuliffe Park (Courts 1 & 2)Registration Required
Divisions (Entering Grades)
Grades 6 & 7 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 8 & 9 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 10, 11 & 12 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Important Dates
Player Evaluations
July 6 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Team Selection
July 8 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Regular Season
July 13–29
Games played Monday and Wednesday evenings
Game times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PM
Make-Up Dates
August 3 & August 5
Playoffs
Week of August 11
Spots are limited!
Register early to secure your place on the court.
|
|
|
|
|
6:10 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Private Swim Lessons Summer Season - Summer Season with Lexie Mondays - 6:10pm
Private lessons are available for ages 4 and up. All lessons are instructed by one of our qualified swim lesson instructors. Private swim lessons include six 30 minute classes of one-on-one personalized instruction. Private/Semi-Private Swim Lesson Policies:
Please make sure to arrive to your swim lesson on time, dressed in a swimsuit and ready to begin at the scheduled start time. The lessons will end at the regularly scheduled time, regardless of whether the swimmer was late getting started.
All lesson dates must be attended. Please refer to our refund policy for additional information.
Please note that, for each season, private and semi-private swim lesson registration is limited to one time slot and one instructor per individual per season (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer). If you register for more than one spot, the additional registration will be removed, and you will only receive an account credit, not a refund. Thank you for your understanding and we look forward to helping you or your child achieve swimming success this season!Questions about private swim lessons should be directed to the East Hartford Parks & Recreation office at 860-291-7160.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Adult Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 5 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 6 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Private Swim Lessons Summer Season - Summer Season with Lexie Mondays - 6:45pm
Private lessons are available for ages 4 and up. All lessons are instructed by one of our qualified swim lesson instructors. Private swim lessons include six 30 minute classes of one-on-one personalized instruction. Private/Semi-Private Swim Lesson Policies:
Please make sure to arrive to your swim lesson on time, dressed in a swimsuit and ready to begin at the scheduled start time. The lessons will end at the regularly scheduled time, regardless of whether the swimmer was late getting started.
All lesson dates must be attended. Please refer to our refund policy for additional information.
Please note that, for each season, private and semi-private swim lesson registration is limited to one time slot and one instructor per individual per season (Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer). If you register for more than one spot, the additional registration will be removed, and you will only receive an account credit, not a refund. Thank you for your understanding and we look forward to helping you or your child achieve swimming success this season!Questions about private swim lessons should be directed to the East Hartford Parks & Recreation office at 860-291-7160.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Summer Youth Tennis Program 2026 - 2026 Summer Youth Tennis Program - Entering Grade 7 to 12
SUMMER YOUTH TENNIS PROGRAM 2026
East Hartford High School Tennis Coach Gary Marquez, along with current and former East Hartford High School tennis players, will be offering Tennis Clinics. Participants entering Grades 1–6 will focus on learning basic strokes, rules, and techniques using a smaller court.Participants entering Grades 7–12 will play on regulation-size courts and continue developing their skills through drills, instruction, and match play.Players may bring their own racket, but rackets will also be available on site.Please bring a water bottle.
Registration
Registration is required for all participants.
Program Details:
Day: Monday & WednesdayDates: July 20 to August 12
Time
Entering Grade 1 to 6: 6:00-7:00 pmEntering Grade 7 to 12: 7:00-8:00 pm
Enrollment
Maximum: 24 participants
Minimum: 12 participants
Fees
East Hartford Residents: $25
Non-Residents: $40
Location
Penney Tennis ComplexEast Hartford High School869 Forbes StreetEast Hartford, CT
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday August 4, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Add On- Extended Care
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Extended Day- Add On
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Sodexho Summer Meal Program
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Sunburst Camp
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Explorers Camp
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Fun Days Camp
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Lil Rec'er 2026
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Teen Camp
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:40 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:40 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 2 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
10:20 AM - 10:50 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
10:20 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 3 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Waterbabies Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:05 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:05 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:50 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 3 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:50 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 4 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Adult Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 5 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 6 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday August 5, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Add On- Extended Care
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Extended Day- Add On
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Sodexho Summer Meal Program
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Sunburst Camp
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Explorers Camp
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Fun Days Camp
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Lil Rec'er 2026
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Teen Camp
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:40 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:40 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 2 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
10:20 AM - 10:50 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
10:20 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 3 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
4:35 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BOE back to school- Michelle Texidor 959-262-0118
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Waterbabies Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Girls Summer Basketball - Girls Middle School Summer Basketball 2026
THE "HARTFORDS" GIRLS MIDDLE SCHOOL SUMMER LEAGUE
For East Hartford Girls Entering Grades 6–9(Completed Grades 5–8)Join a fun summer basketball league to improve your skills, play games, and spend time with friends!Who: East Hartford Residents OnlyFee: $25Shirt IncludedPractices: Monday, July 6 - August 10 - East Hartford Community CenterGames: Wednesdays, July 8 – August 12Game Times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PMGame Location: TBDRegistration RequiredPresented in partnership with Inspire Girls Basketball, Hartford Parks & Recreation, and the Town of West Hartford.
|
|
|
|
|
5:05 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:05 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:50 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 3 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:50 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 4 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Summer Youth Tennis Program 2026 - 2026 Summer Youth Tennis Program - Entering Grade 1 to 6
SUMMER YOUTH TENNIS PROGRAM 2026
East Hartford High School Tennis Coach Gary Marquez, along with current and former East Hartford High School tennis players, will be offering Tennis Clinics. Participants entering Grades 1–6 will focus on learning basic strokes, rules, and techniques using a smaller court.Participants entering Grades 7–12 will play on regulation-size courts and continue developing their skills through drills, instruction, and match play.Players may bring their own racket, but rackets will also be available on site.Please bring a water bottle.
Registration
Registration is required for all participants.
Program Details:
Day: Monday & WednesdayDates: July 20 to August 12
Time
Entering Grade 1 to 6: 6:00-7:00 pmEntering Grade 7 to 12: 7:00-8:00 pm
Enrollment
Maximum: 24 participants
Minimum: 12 participants
Fees
East Hartford Residents: $25
Non-Residents: $40
Location
Penney Tennis ComplexEast Hartford High School869 Forbes StreetEast Hartford, CT
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Boys Summer Basketball League - Boys Summer Basketball Grades 10, 11, & 12
BOYS SUMMER BASKETBALL LEAGUE
East Hartford Parks & Recreation is partnering with The Missing Piece and Set the Pace to bring summer basketball to McAuliffe Park!Open to East Hartford residents only.Location: McAuliffe Park (Courts 1 & 2)Registration Required
Divisions (Entering Grades)
Grades 6 & 7 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 8 & 9 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 10, 11 & 12 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Important Dates
Player Evaluations
July 6 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Team Selection
July 8 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Regular Season
July 13–29
Games played Monday and Wednesday evenings
Game times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PM
Make-Up Dates
August 3 & August 5
Playoffs
Week of August 11
Spots are limited!
Register early to secure your place on the court.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Boys Summer Basketball League - Boys Summer Basketball Grades 6 and 7
BOYS SUMMER BASKETBALL LEAGUE
East Hartford Parks & Recreation is partnering with The Missing Piece and Set the Pace to bring summer basketball to McAuliffe Park!Open to East Hartford residents only.Location: McAuliffe Park (Courts 1 & 2)Registration Required
Divisions (Entering Grades)
Grades 6 & 7 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 8 & 9 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 10, 11 & 12 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Important Dates
Player Evaluations
July 6 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Team Selection
July 8 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Regular Season
July 13–29
Games played Monday and Wednesday evenings
Game times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PM
Make-Up Dates
August 3 & August 5
Playoffs
Week of August 11
Spots are limited!
Register early to secure your place on the court.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Boys Summer Basketball League - Boys Summer Basketball Grades 8 and 9
BOYS SUMMER BASKETBALL LEAGUE
East Hartford Parks & Recreation is partnering with The Missing Piece and Set the Pace to bring summer basketball to McAuliffe Park!Open to East Hartford residents only.Location: McAuliffe Park (Courts 1 & 2)Registration Required
Divisions (Entering Grades)
Grades 6 & 7 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 8 & 9 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Grades 10, 11 & 12 — $40 (Maximum 60 players)
Important Dates
Player Evaluations
July 6 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Team Selection
July 8 | 6:00–8:00 PM
Regular Season
July 13–29
Games played Monday and Wednesday evenings
Game times: 5:00 PM, 6:00 PM, or 7:00 PM
Make-Up Dates
August 3 & August 5
Playoffs
Week of August 11
Spots are limited!
Register early to secure your place on the court.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Adult Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 5 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 6 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Summer Youth Tennis Program 2026 - 2026 Summer Youth Tennis Program - Entering Grade 7 to 12
SUMMER YOUTH TENNIS PROGRAM 2026
East Hartford High School Tennis Coach Gary Marquez, along with current and former East Hartford High School tennis players, will be offering Tennis Clinics. Participants entering Grades 1–6 will focus on learning basic strokes, rules, and techniques using a smaller court.Participants entering Grades 7–12 will play on regulation-size courts and continue developing their skills through drills, instruction, and match play.Players may bring their own racket, but rackets will also be available on site.Please bring a water bottle.
Registration
Registration is required for all participants.
Program Details:
Day: Monday & WednesdayDates: July 20 to August 12
Time
Entering Grade 1 to 6: 6:00-7:00 pmEntering Grade 7 to 12: 7:00-8:00 pm
Enrollment
Maximum: 24 participants
Minimum: 12 participants
Fees
East Hartford Residents: $25
Non-Residents: $40
Location
Penney Tennis ComplexEast Hartford High School869 Forbes StreetEast Hartford, CT
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday August 6, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Add On- Extended Care
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Extended Day- Add On
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Add On- Extended Day
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Sodexho Summer Meal Program
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Camp Sunburst- Special Needs Camp - Sunburst Camp
This program is open to participants with special needs, ages 6 - 21.Location: at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. * On inclement weather days camp will be inside Norris School. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m. 3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Explorers Camp - Explorers Camp
Explorer camp for children entering 5-6 grade. Location: will be held at McAuliffe Park, 50 Remington Rd. On inclement weather days, camp will be held in the Norris School Gym. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Fun Days Camp - Fun Days Camp
Open to children who are entering 3-4 grade. Location: Gorman Park, 258 May Rd. Drop off and pick up are located at the playscape. During inclement weather camp will use O'Connell School Gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours: 8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 weeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Fee: $35 per week in addition to the regular camp fee.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Lil Rec'er Camp - Lil Rec'er 2026
Open to children who are entering 1-2 grade. Location: Goodwin Park, using the Goodwin School Entrance, 1235 Forbes St., pick-up and drop-off at the school's rear parking lot. During inclement weather, camp will go inside the gymnasium. Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fee: $105 weekly Extended Camp Hours: 7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m.Extended care is an additional fee of $35 per week
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Teen Camp - Teen Camp
Teen Camp is open to children entering 7-9 grade. Location: Hockanum Park 356 High St* During inclement weather, camp will be in the Early Childhood Learning Center Gymnasium Regular Camp Hours:8:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.Fee: $105 WeeklyExtended Camp Hours:7:30 - 8:30 a.m.3:30 - 4:30 p.m. Fee: $35 additional fee per week
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:40 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:40 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Water activities- Sean Dwyer 860-291-7160
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 2 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
10:20 AM - 10:50 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
10:20 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 3 Mornings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
4:35 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BOE back to school- Michelle Texidor 959-262-0118
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Preschool Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Waterbabies Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:05 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:05 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 1 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:35 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 2 Evenings Session 3 Goldstar
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:50 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 3 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
5:50 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 4 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Adult Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 5 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|
|
6:35 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Summer Group Swim Lessons 2026 - Level 6 Evenings Session 3 Drennan
We are proud to be an authorized provider of the American Red Cross Learn-To-Swim Program for ages 6 months and up. Swimming lessons are an essential part of a persons education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn-To-Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals.Level RequirementsLevel descriptions can be found below. If a participant is registered for a class more advanced than their ability, instructors will let you know on the first day of class. Participants may not remain in a class that is unsafe for their ability level. Every attempt will be made to transfer your registration to an appropriate level class during the same session. SWIM LESSON LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
WATERBABIESOpen to children ages 6 months to 3 years (with parent). Parents and children participate in guided practice sessions that help children learn elementary skills including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more. PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1Open to children ages 4 & 5. Children independently participate in guided practice sessions that help them learn elementary skills, including bubble blowing, front/back kicking, front/back floating, underwater exploration and more.PRESCHOOL LEVEL 2 ONLY FOR PARTICIPANTS THAT HAVE TAKEN PRESCHOOL LEVEL 1 CLASS PRIOR TO THIS SESSIONOpen to children ages 4 & 5. This level builds on skills learned in Preschool Level 1, introducing basic independent movement in the water. Gliding on the front and back without support, recovering to a vertical position, treading water with arm/leg motions, and performing alternating arm and leg actions.LEVEL 1 Introduction to Water Skills: Open to children ages 6 & up. Learn basic personal water safety information and skills to help participants feel comfortable in the water. At this level, basic aquatic skills are taught including front/back floats, kicking actions, gliding, bobs and more. LEVEL 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills: Teaching of fundamental skills that will be used throughout the Learn to Swim program. Swimmers will learn to float without support, and will begin to move through the water independently. LEVEL 3 Stroke Development: Build on previously learned skills taught by providing additional guided practice. Begin to swim the front crawl and elementary backstroke on their own. LEVEL 4 Stroke Development: Develop swimmers confidence in the strokes learned thus far and improve other aquatic skills. Swimmers continue to learn new strokes: side-stroke, back-crawl, and will start to develop the breast- stroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at the wall are explored. LEVEL 5 Stroke Refinement: Coordination & refinement of strokes. Refine performance of all the strokes (front crawl, back crawl, butterfly, breaststroke, elementary backstroke and sidestroke), flip turns, increase endurance & distances. LEVEL 6 Swimming & Skill Proficiency: Refine strokes so participants can swim with greater ease, efficiency, power and smoothness over greater distances. Personal Water Safety and Fitness Swimming are additional focuses of the class. TEEN/ADULT Ages 15 and up. For adults of all ability levels. Instructor will tailor classes to suit the individual needs of each participant.
|
|
|
|